1-877-275-7048|Free delivery — 48 states|20-year warranty on 12ga
PE-Stamped Plans Included|Design Online in 3D|Financing from $89/mo

Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings For Sale

Commercial shops, industrial warehouses, farm buildings and specialty structures from $14,500. Cold-formed galvanized steel frames ship with PE-stamped engineered drawings tailored to your local wind speed and snow load requirements. Every Steel and Stud order includes free nationwide delivery. Widths from 30 to 100+ feet, lengths to 200+ feet, column-free interiors or multi-bay layouts.

$14,500
STARTING PRICE
13+
BUILDING TYPES
200ft
MAX CLEAR SPAN
48
STATES COVERED
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock

Filter Carports

Filters
Product Vehicles
Filter by State

Showing 401–440 of 2788 resultsSorted by price: low to high

Matte black metal garage apartment with gambrel roof, side entry awning, and suburban yard

40×100 4-Bed Barndominium

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Barndominium | Steel and Stud — From $120,800
12
40×100 Barndominium
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$137,700$120,800SAVE $16,900
or $2517/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Barndominium

40×100 Barndominium, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$120,800$137,700Save $16,900
or as low as $2517/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$108,750
40×100
this size
$120,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-BARNDOMINIUMBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your full barndominium layout.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. Engineered for residential loads and spans. The 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

Bedroom + bath wingOpen great room + kitchenMulti-bay garage / shop40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · full barndominium layout

Bedroom + bath wing · Open great room + kitchen · Multi-bay garage / shop

Bedroom + bath wing at the front, open great room + kitchen in the middle, multi-bay garage / shop at the rear. Capacity: 6-bed residence + full shop wing.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: wrap porch, master suite, RV bay in shop wing.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Barndominium in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium
Everyday barndominium
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium + seasonal storage
barndominium + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Barndominium — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2517/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 barndominium is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $2517/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Barndominium buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Barndominium

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Barndominium · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 barndominium cost?

A 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud starts at $120,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2517/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 barndominium price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 barndominium?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 barndominium need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 barndominium delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 barndominium without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2517/month on a 40×100 barndominium.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 barndominium?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 barndominium in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 barndominium add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 barndominium typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$120,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Matte black metal garage apartment with gambrel roof, side entry awning, and suburban yard

40×100 4-Bed Barndominium

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Barndominium | Steel and Stud — From $120,800
12
40×100 Barndominium
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$137,700$120,800SAVE $16,900
or $2517/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Barndominium

40×100 Barndominium, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Barndominium·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$120,800$137,700Save $16,900
or as low as $2517/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$108,750
40×100
this size
$120,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-BARNDOMINIUMBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your full barndominium layout.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. Engineered for residential loads and spans. The 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

Bedroom + bath wingOpen great room + kitchenMulti-bay garage / shop40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · full barndominium layout

Bedroom + bath wing · Open great room + kitchen · Multi-bay garage / shop

Bedroom + bath wing at the front, open great room + kitchen in the middle, multi-bay garage / shop at the rear. Capacity: 6-bed residence + full shop wing.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: wrap porch, master suite, RV bay in shop wing.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Barndominium in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Barndominium.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Barndominium spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Barndominium.

DAILY USEEveryday barndominium
Everyday barndominium
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a barndominium.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbarndominium + seasonal storage
barndominium + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Barndominium — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$2517/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 barndominium is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $2517/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Barndominium shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Barndominium buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Barndominium

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Barndominium · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Barndominium also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Barndominium questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 barndominium cost?

A 40×100 barndominium from Steel and Stud starts at $120,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $2517/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 barndominium price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud barndominium ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 barndominium?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud barndominium different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 barndominium need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 barndominium delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 barndominium without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $2517/month on a 40×100 barndominium.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 barndominium?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 barndominium in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 barndominium add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 barndominium typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Barndominium quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$120,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan metal building shop with glass gable storefront glowing at golden hour as shoppers enter

30×70 Five-Car Garage with Workshop Bay

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay | Steel and Stud — From $40,800
12
30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$46,500$40,800SAVE $5,700
or $850/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Five Car Garage Workshop Bay

30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Five Car Garage Workshop Bay·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$40,800$46,500Save $5,700
or as low as $850/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$40,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-FIVE-CAR-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

3 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

3 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

3 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 3 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Five Car Garage Workshop Bay spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Five Car Garage Workshop Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday five car garage workshop bay
Everyday five car garage workshop bay
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a five car garage workshop bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfive car garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
five car garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$850/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 five car garage workshop bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $850/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Five Car Garage Workshop Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Five Car Garage Workshop Bay also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Five Car Garage Workshop Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay cost?

A 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud starts at $40,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $850/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud five car garage workshop bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud five car garage workshop bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $850/month on a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 five car garage workshop bay typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$40,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan metal building shop with glass gable storefront glowing at golden hour as shoppers enter

30×70 Five-Car Garage with Workshop Bay

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay | Steel and Stud — From $40,800
12
30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$46,500$40,800SAVE $5,700
or $850/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Five Car Garage Workshop Bay

30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Five Car Garage Workshop Bay·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$40,800$46,500Save $5,700
or as low as $850/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$40,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-FIVE-CAR-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. The 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

3 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

3 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

3 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 3 vehicles + full hobby shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Five Car Garage Workshop Bay spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Five Car Garage Workshop Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday five car garage workshop bay
Everyday five car garage workshop bay
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a five car garage workshop bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfive car garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
five car garage workshop bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$850/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 five car garage workshop bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $850/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Five Car Garage Workshop Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Five Car Garage Workshop Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Five Car Garage Workshop Bay also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Five Car Garage Workshop Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay cost?

A 30×70 five car garage workshop bay from Steel and Stud starts at $40,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $850/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud five car garage workshop bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud five car garage workshop bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $850/month on a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 five car garage workshop bay in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 five car garage workshop bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 five car garage workshop bay typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Five Car Garage Workshop Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$40,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel structure opening to a man cave lounge with fire pit patio

30×46 Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid | Steel and Stud — From $28,900
12
30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$32,950$28,900SAVE $4,050
or $602/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Man Cave She Shed Hybrid

30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave She Shed Hybrid·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$28,900$32,950Save $4,050
or as low as $602/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$28,900
30×48
longer
$30,100
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your entertainment suite.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Zoned so the game side stays loud and the suite stays quiet. The 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

Great-room loungeBar + game zoneGuest suite + bath + storage30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · entertainment suite

Great-room lounge · Bar + game zone · Guest suite + bath + storage

Great-room lounge at the front, bar + game zone in the middle, guest suite + bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: full entertaining suite, 55+ guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: full bar, golf-sim bay, guest suite.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave She Shed Hybrid spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave She Shed Hybrid.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave she shed hybrid
Everyday man cave she shed hybrid
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave she shed hybrid.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave she shed hybrid + seasonal storage
man cave she shed hybrid + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$602/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $602/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave She Shed Hybrid shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave She Shed Hybrid also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🏢 30×46

Auto Repair Shop

30×46 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 30×46

Horse Barn with Tack Room

30×46 horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave She Shed Hybrid questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid cost?

A 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud starts at $28,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $602/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave she shed hybrid ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave she shed hybrid different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $602/month on a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$28,900.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel structure opening to a man cave lounge with fire pit patio

30×46 Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid | Steel and Stud — From $28,900
12
30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$32,950$28,900SAVE $4,050
or $602/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Man Cave She Shed Hybrid

30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Man Cave She Shed Hybrid·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$28,900$32,950Save $4,050
or as low as $602/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$28,900
30×48
longer
$30,100
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your entertainment suite.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Zoned so the game side stays loud and the suite stays quiet. The 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

Great-room loungeBar + game zoneGuest suite + bath + storage30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · entertainment suite

Great-room lounge · Bar + game zone · Guest suite + bath + storage

Great-room lounge at the front, bar + game zone in the middle, guest suite + bath + storage at the rear. Capacity: full entertaining suite, 55+ guests.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: full bar, golf-sim bay, guest suite.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave She Shed Hybrid spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave She Shed Hybrid.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave she shed hybrid
Everyday man cave she shed hybrid
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave she shed hybrid.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave she shed hybrid + seasonal storage
man cave she shed hybrid + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$602/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $602/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave She Shed Hybrid shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Man Cave She Shed Hybrid

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave She Shed Hybrid also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🏢 30×46

Auto Repair Shop

30×46 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 30×46

Horse Barn with Tack Room

30×46 horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave She Shed Hybrid questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid cost?

A 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid from Steel and Stud starts at $28,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $602/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud man cave she shed hybrid ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave she shed hybrid different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $602/month on a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 man cave she shed hybrid typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave She Shed Hybrid quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$28,900.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Matte black steel garage with two roll-up bays, a sports car and black pickup parked outside

30×46 Auto Repair Shop

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud — From $21,900
12
30×46 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$24,950$21,900SAVE $3,050
or $456/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Auto Repair Shop

30×46 Auto Repair Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,900$24,950Save $3,050
or as low as $456/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$21,900
30×48
longer
$22,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay service shop.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft eaves clear a 9,000-lb lift at full rise. The 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

2 lift baysALIGNMENT / FLAT BAYParts + customer counter30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · multi-bay service shop

2 lift bays · Alignment / flat bay · Parts + customer counter

2 lift bays at the front, alignment / flat bay in the middle, parts + customer counter at the rear. Capacity: 2 lifts + alignment rack.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: alignment rack, tire machine + balancer, waiting room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Auto Repair Shop — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$456/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $456/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🎯 30×46

Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

30×46 man cave / she shed hybrid configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid →
🌾 30×46

Horse Barn with Tack Room

30×46 horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 auto repair shop cost?

A 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $21,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $456/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 auto repair shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $456/month on a 30×46 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 auto repair shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 auto repair shop typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$21,900.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Matte black steel garage with two roll-up bays, a sports car and black pickup parked outside

30×46 Auto Repair Shop

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud — From $21,900
12
30×46 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$24,950$21,900SAVE $3,050
or $456/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Auto Repair Shop

30×46 Auto Repair Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,900$24,950Save $3,050
or as low as $456/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$21,900
30×48
longer
$22,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay service shop.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. 14-ft eaves clear a 9,000-lb lift at full rise. The 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

2 lift baysALIGNMENT / FLAT BAYParts + customer counter30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · multi-bay service shop

2 lift bays · Alignment / flat bay · Parts + customer counter

2 lift bays at the front, alignment / flat bay in the middle, parts + customer counter at the rear. Capacity: 2 lifts + alignment rack.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: alignment rack, tire machine + balancer, waiting room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Auto Repair Shop — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$456/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $456/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🎯 30×46

Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

30×46 man cave / she shed hybrid configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid →
🌾 30×46

Horse Barn with Tack Room

30×46 horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 auto repair shop cost?

A 30×46 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $21,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $456/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 auto repair shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $456/month on a 30×46 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 auto repair shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 auto repair shop typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$21,900.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Forest green metal garage at twilight with a black pickup outside the lit lift bay

30×70 Auto Repair Shop, 3-Bay Layout

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout | Steel and Stud — From $40,800
12
30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$46,500$40,800SAVE $5,700
or $850/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout

30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$40,800$46,500Save $5,700
or as low as $850/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$40,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay service shop.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. 14-ft eaves clear a 9,000-lb lift at full rise. The 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

2 lift baysALIGNMENT / FLAT BAYParts + customer counter30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · multi-bay service shop

2 lift bays · Alignment / flat bay · Parts + customer counter

2 lift bays at the front, alignment / flat bay in the middle, parts + customer counter at the rear. Capacity: 2 lifts + alignment rack.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: alignment rack, tire machine + balancer, waiting room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop 3 bay layout
Everyday auto repair shop 3 bay layout
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop 3 bay layout.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop 3 bay layout + seasonal storage
auto repair shop 3 bay layout + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$850/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $850/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout cost?

A 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud starts at $40,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $850/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair shop 3 bay layout ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop 3 bay layout different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $850/month on a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$40,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Forest green metal garage at twilight with a black pickup outside the lit lift bay

30×70 Auto Repair Shop, 3-Bay Layout

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout | Steel and Stud — From $40,800
12
30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$46,500$40,800SAVE $5,700
or $850/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout

30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$40,800$46,500Save $5,700
or as low as $850/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$40,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay service shop.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. 14-ft eaves clear a 9,000-lb lift at full rise. The 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

2 lift baysALIGNMENT / FLAT BAYParts + customer counter30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · multi-bay service shop

2 lift bays · Alignment / flat bay · Parts + customer counter

2 lift bays at the front, alignment / flat bay in the middle, parts + customer counter at the rear. Capacity: 2 lifts + alignment rack.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: alignment rack, tire machine + balancer, waiting room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop 3 bay layout
Everyday auto repair shop 3 bay layout
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop 3 bay layout.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop 3 bay layout + seasonal storage
auto repair shop 3 bay layout + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$850/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $850/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout cost?

A 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout from Steel and Stud starts at $40,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $850/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud auto repair shop 3 bay layout ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop 3 bay layout different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $850/month on a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 auto repair shop 3 bay layout typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop 3 Bay Layout quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$40,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Black metal barn with cedar wainscoting, open sliding doors, and bay horse outside

40×100 8-Stall Horse Barn

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Horse Barn | Steel and Stud — From $84,200
12
40×100 Horse Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$96,000$84,200SAVE $11,800
or $1754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Horse Barn

40×100 Horse Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$84,200$96,000Save $11,800
or as low as $1754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$75,800
40×100
this size
$84,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-HORSE-BARNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-stall stable.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. Full-height clearance supports hay loft (~280 bales). The 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

7 stalls + tack12-FT CENTER AISLEHay loft + Wash bay40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · multi-stall stable

7 stalls + tack · 12-ft center aisle · Hay loft + Wash bay

7 stalls + tack at the front, 12-ft center aisle in the middle, hay loft + wash bay at the rear. Capacity: 7 horses, full stable ops.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: hay loft, wash bay with hot water, feed room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Horse Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn
Everyday horse barn
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn + seasonal storage
horse barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Horse Barn — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 horse barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Horse Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Horse Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 horse barn cost?

A 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud starts at $84,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 horse barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 horse barn?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 horse barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 horse barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 horse barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1754/month on a 40×100 horse barn.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 horse barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 horse barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 horse barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 horse barn typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$84,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Black metal barn with cedar wainscoting, open sliding doors, and bay horse outside

40×100 8-Stall Horse Barn

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Horse Barn | Steel and Stud — From $84,200
12
40×100 Horse Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$96,000$84,200SAVE $11,800
or $1754/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Horse Barn

40×100 Horse Barn, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$84,200$96,000Save $11,800
or as low as $1754/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$75,800
40×100
this size
$84,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-HORSE-BARNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-stall stable.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. Full-height clearance supports hay loft (~280 bales). The 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

7 stalls + tack12-FT CENTER AISLEHay loft + Wash bay40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · multi-stall stable

7 stalls + tack · 12-ft center aisle · Hay loft + Wash bay

7 stalls + tack at the front, 12-ft center aisle in the middle, hay loft + wash bay at the rear. Capacity: 7 horses, full stable ops.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: hay loft, wash bay with hot water, feed room.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Horse Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn
Everyday horse barn
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn + seasonal storage
horse barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Horse Barn — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1754/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 horse barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1754/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Horse Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Horse Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 horse barn cost?

A 40×100 horse barn from Steel and Stud starts at $84,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1754/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 horse barn price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 horse barn?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 horse barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 horse barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 horse barn without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1754/month on a 40×100 horse barn.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 horse barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 horse barn in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 horse barn add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 horse barn typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$84,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel barn with three dutch stall doors, horses looking out, and rooftop cupola

30×46 Horse Barn with Tack Room

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $20,150
12
30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,950$20,150SAVE $2,800
or $420/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Horse Barn Tack Room

30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn Tack Room·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,150$22,950Save $2,800
or as low as $420/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$20,150
30×48
longer
$21,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-HORSE-BARN-TACK-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn Tack Room spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn tack room
Everyday horse barn tack room
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn tack room + seasonal storage
horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$420/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 horse barn tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $420/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Barn Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🎯 30×46

Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

30×46 man cave / she shed hybrid configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid →
🏢 30×46

Auto Repair Shop

30×46 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 horse barn tack room cost?

A 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $20,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $420/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 horse barn tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 horse barn tack room?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 horse barn tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 horse barn tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 horse barn tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $420/month on a 30×46 horse barn tack room.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 horse barn tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 horse barn tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 horse barn tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 horse barn tack room typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$20,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel barn with three dutch stall doors, horses looking out, and rooftop cupola

30×46 Horse Barn with Tack Room

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room | Steel and Stud — From $20,150
12
30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,950$20,150SAVE $2,800
or $420/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Horse Barn Tack Room

30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Horse Barn Tack Room·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,150$22,950Save $2,800
or as low as $420/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×46
this size
$20,150
30×48
longer
$21,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-HORSE-BARN-TACK-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. The 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn Tack Room spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn tack room
Everyday horse barn tack room
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn tack room + seasonal storage
horse barn tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$420/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 horse barn tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $420/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Horse Barn Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Barn Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🎯 30×46

Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

30×46 man cave / she shed hybrid configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid →
🏢 30×46

Auto Repair Shop

30×46 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🏭 30×46

Fabrication or Welding Shop

30×46 fabrication or welding shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication or Welding Shop →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 horse barn tack room cost?

A 30×46 horse barn tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $20,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $420/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 horse barn tack room price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud horse barn tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 horse barn tack room?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 horse barn tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 horse barn tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 horse barn tack room without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $420/month on a 30×46 horse barn tack room.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 horse barn tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 horse barn tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 horse barn tack room add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 horse barn tack room typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel structure warehouse interior with forklift moving boxes between tall pallet racking

40×100 Warehouse

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Warehouse | Steel and Stud — From $91,500
12
40×100 Warehouse
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$104,300$91,500SAVE $12,800
or $1906/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Warehouse

40×100 Warehouse, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Warehouse·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$91,500$104,300Save $12,800
or as low as $1906/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$82,400
40×100
this size
$91,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-WAREHOUSEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your warehouse layout.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. 14-ft clear height fits 3-tier racking. The 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

Dock-height loading bayPALLET AISLESOffice + Break room40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · warehouse layout

Dock-height loading bay · Pallet aisles · Office + Break room

Dock-height loading bay at the front, pallet aisles in the middle, office + break room at the rear. Capacity: ~80 pallets, light-duty forklift OK.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dock leveler, pallet jack, restrooms.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Warehouse in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Warehouse.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warehouse spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Warehouse.

DAILY USEEveryday warehouse
Everyday warehouse
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwarehouse + seasonal storage
warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Warehouse — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1906/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1906/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Warehouse shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Warehouse buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Warehouse

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Warehouse · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Warehouse also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Warehouse questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 warehouse cost?

A 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $91,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1906/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 warehouse price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 warehouse?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud warehouse different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 warehouse need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 warehouse delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 warehouse without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1906/month on a 40×100 warehouse.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 warehouse?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 warehouse in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 warehouse add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 warehouse typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Warehouse quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$91,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel structure warehouse interior with forklift moving boxes between tall pallet racking

40×100 Warehouse

4,000 sq ft for commercial warehouse, hay barn, or fabrication shop

40′ x 100′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 40×100 steel building delivers 4,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
40×100 Warehouse | Steel and Stud — From $91,500
12
40×100 Warehouse
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$104,300$91,500SAVE $12,800
or $1906/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings40×100Warehouse

40×100 Warehouse, built for daily backyard use.

The 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Warehouse·Size40×100·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$91,500$104,300Save $12,800
or as low as $1906/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 40×100
40×90
smaller
$82,400
40×100
this size
$91,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 4,000 sq ft enclosed
  • 4,000 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-40X100-WAREHOUSEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your warehouse layout.

40 feet wide × 100 feet long. 14-ft clear height fits 3-tier racking. The 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud puts 4,000 sq ft to work.

Dock-height loading bayPALLET AISLESOffice + Break room40′ × 100′ · 4,000 sq ft · warehouse layout

Dock-height loading bay · Pallet aisles · Office + Break room

Dock-height loading bay at the front, pallet aisles in the middle, office + break room at the rear. Capacity: ~80 pallets, light-duty forklift OK.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dock leveler, pallet jack, restrooms.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 40×100 Warehouse in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Warehouse.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
4,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 40×100 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warehouse spec sheet.

Width40'
Length100' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space4,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Warehouse.

DAILY USEEveryday warehouse
Everyday warehouse
4,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwarehouse + seasonal storage
warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

40×100 Warehouse — what makes it different.

4,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1906/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 40×100 warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1906/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 40×100?

4,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 40′ × 100′ footprint with 4,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $32,000–$48,000 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Warehouse shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 40×100 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 40×100 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 40×100 Warehouse buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 40×100 Warehouse

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Warehouse · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
41×101×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Warehouse also viewed:

🏢 40×100

Commercial Warehouse

40×100 commercial warehouse configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Warehouse →
🏭 40×100

Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop

40×100 manufacturing / fabrication shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Manufacturing / Fabrication Shop →
🏢 40×100

Fleet Garage

40×100 fleet garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage →
🏢 40×100

Distribution / Fulfillment Bay

40×100 distribution / fulfillment bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Distribution / Fulfillment Bay →
🌾 40×100

Agricultural Equipment Building

40×100 agricultural equipment building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$84,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Agricultural Equipment Building →
🏡 40×100

RV / Boat Storage Building

40×100 rv / boat storage building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV / Boat Storage Building →
🏢 40×100

Retail Showroom

40×100 retail showroom configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail Showroom →
🎯 40×100

Indoor Sports / Training Facility

40×100 indoor sports / training facility configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports / Training Facility →
🏛️ 40×100

Municipal / Public Works Building

40×100 municipal / public works building configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Municipal / Public Works Building →
🏢 40×100

Trucking / Service Terminal

40×100 trucking / service terminal configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$91,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Trucking / Service Terminal →
🏛️ 40×100

Worship / Fellowship Hall

40×100 worship / fellowship hall configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Worship / Fellowship Hall →
🎯 40×100

Hobby Space

40×100 hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$120,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Hobby Space →
🏢 40×100

Office

40×100 office configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$113,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Office →
🏡 40×100

Boat & Trailer Storage

40×100 boat & trailer storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$73,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Trailer Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Warehouse questions, answered.

How much does a 40×100 warehouse cost?

A 40×100 warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $91,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1906/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 40×100 warehouse price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 40×100 warehouse?

Almost always for 4,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud warehouse different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 40×100 warehouse need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 40×100 warehouse delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 40×100 warehouse without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1906/month on a 40×100 warehouse.

What warranty comes with the 40×100 warehouse?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 40×100 warehouse in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 40×100 warehouse add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 40×100 warehouse typically adds $32,000–$48,000 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Warehouse quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$91,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Blue prefab metal building with white roll-up door and windows on a landscaped lawn

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell | Steel and Stud — From $53,850
12
30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$61,400$53,850SAVE $7,550
or $1122/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Metal Barndominium Shell

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Metal Barndominium Shell·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$53,850$61,400Save $7,550
or as low as $1122/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$53,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-METAL-BARNDOMINIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your barndominium shell.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. Split layout — living one end, shop the other. The 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

3-bed sleeping wingGreat room + kitchenGarage / shop bay30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · barndominium shell

3-bed sleeping wing · Great room + kitchen · Garage / shop bay

3-bed sleeping wing at the front, great room + kitchen in the middle, garage / shop bay at the rear. Capacity: 3-bed home + attached shop bay.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shop partition wall, porch framing, spray-foam package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barndominium Shell.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barndominium Shell spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barndominium Shell.

DAILY USEEveryday metal barndominium shell
Everyday metal barndominium shell
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barndominium shell.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barndominium shell + seasonal storage
metal barndominium shell + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1122/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 metal barndominium shell is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1122/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barndominium Shell shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barndominium Shell · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barndominium Shell also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barndominium Shell questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell cost?

A 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud starts at $53,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1122/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 metal barndominium shell price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud metal barndominium shell ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 metal barndominium shell?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barndominium shell different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 metal barndominium shell delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 metal barndominium shell without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1122/month on a 30×70 metal barndominium shell.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 metal barndominium shell?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 metal barndominium shell in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 metal barndominium shell typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barndominium Shell quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$53,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Blue prefab metal building with white roll-up door and windows on a landscaped lawn

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell

2,100 sq ft for workshop, fabrication shop, or barndominium

30′ x 70′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×70 steel building delivers 2,100 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell | Steel and Stud — From $53,850
12
30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$61,400$53,850SAVE $7,550
or $1122/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×70Metal Barndominium Shell

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Metal Barndominium Shell·Size30×70·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$53,850$61,400Save $7,550
or as low as $1122/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×70
30×70
this size
$53,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 2,100 sq ft enclosed
  • 2,100 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X70-METAL-BARNDOMINIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your barndominium shell.

30 feet wide × 70 feet long. Split layout — living one end, shop the other. The 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud puts 2,100 sq ft to work.

3-bed sleeping wingGreat room + kitchenGarage / shop bay30′ × 70′ · 2,100 sq ft · barndominium shell

3-bed sleeping wing · Great room + kitchen · Garage / shop bay

3-bed sleeping wing at the front, great room + kitchen in the middle, garage / shop bay at the rear. Capacity: 3-bed home + attached shop bay.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shop partition wall, porch framing, spray-foam package.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barndominium Shell.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
2,100 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×70 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barndominium Shell spec sheet.

Width30'
Length70' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space2,100 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barndominium Shell.

DAILY USEEveryday metal barndominium shell
Everyday metal barndominium shell
2,100 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barndominium shell.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barndominium shell + seasonal storage
metal barndominium shell + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell — what makes it different.

2,100sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$1122/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×70 metal barndominium shell is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $1122/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×70?

2,100 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 70′ footprint with 2,100 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $16,800–$25,200 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barndominium Shell shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×70 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×70 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×70 Metal Barndominium Shell

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barndominium Shell · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×71×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barndominium Shell also viewed:

🏢 30×70

Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops

30×70 commercial garage for auto repair shops configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Commercial Garage for Auto Repair Shops →
🏭 30×70

Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades

30×70 fabrication shop for welders and trades configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fabrication Shop for Welders and Trades →
🏡 30×70

Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop

30×70 barndominium shell with living + shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$53,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell with Living + Shop →
🌾 30×70

Equipment Storage for Farmers

30×70 equipment storage for farmers configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment Storage for Farmers →
🏢 30×70

Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners

30×70 fleet garage for small business owners configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Fleet Garage for Small Business Owners →
🏭 30×70

Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment

30×70 workshop kit for heavy equipment configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Workshop Kit for Heavy Equipment →
🏡 30×70

RV Garage with Workshop

30×70 rv garage with workshop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$40,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop →
🌾 30×70

Horse Barn with Center Aisle

30×70 horse barn with center aisle configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$37,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Center Aisle →
🏢 30×70

Retail and Storefront Shop

30×70 retail and storefront shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Retail and Storefront Shop →
🎯 30×70

Indoor Sports and Hobby Space

30×70 indoor sports and hobby space configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Indoor Sports and Hobby Space →
🏛️ 30×70

Community Meeting Hall or Church

30×70 community meeting hall or church configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$50,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Community Meeting Hall or Church →
🏭 30×70

Boat and Marine Storage

30×70 boat and marine storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$32,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat and Marine Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barndominium Shell questions, answered.

How much does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell cost?

A 30×70 metal barndominium shell from Steel and Stud starts at $53,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $1122/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×70 metal barndominium shell price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud metal barndominium shell ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×70 metal barndominium shell?

Almost always for 2,100+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barndominium shell different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×70 metal barndominium shell delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×70 metal barndominium shell without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $1122/month on a 30×70 metal barndominium shell.

What warranty comes with the 30×70 metal barndominium shell?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×70 metal barndominium shell in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×70 metal barndominium shell add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×70 metal barndominium shell typically adds $16,800–$25,200 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barndominium Shell quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$53,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White prefab metal building with wide open bay door revealing a welding and plasma shop

30×46 Fabrication or Welding Shop

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop | Steel and Stud — From $21,900
12
30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$24,950$21,900SAVE $3,050
or $456/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Fabrication Welding Shop

30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 fabrication welding shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Fabrication Welding Shop·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,900$24,950Save $3,050
or as low as $456/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×45
smaller
$21,400
30×46
this size
$21,900
30×48
longer
$22,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-FABRICATION-WELDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 30×46 fabrication welding shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Fabrication Welding Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fabrication Welding Shop spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Fabrication Welding Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday fabrication welding shop
Everyday fabrication welding shop
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a fabrication welding shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfabrication welding shop + seasonal storage
fabrication welding shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$456/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 fabrication welding shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $456/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Fabrication Welding Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Fabrication Welding Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew. Available at extra cost — a specialist will guide you with a complete quote.

Browse all 28 add-ons →
Bundle & Save
🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
31×47×4″ slab to engineered spec.
Most Added
🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Fabrication Welding Shop also viewed:

🏡 30×46

Triple-Wide Garage

30×46 triple-wide garage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Triple-Wide Garage →
🏡 30×46

RV Garage with Workshop Bay

30×46 rv garage with workshop bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize RV Garage with Workshop Bay →
🏢 30×46

Tradesperson Service Bay

30×46 tradesperson service bay configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Tradesperson Service Bay →
🌾 30×46

Equipment & Hay Storage

30×46 equipment & hay storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Equipment & Hay Storage →
🎯 30×46

Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid

30×46 man cave / she shed hybrid configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Man Cave / She Shed Hybrid →
🏢 30×46

Auto Repair Shop

30×46 auto repair shop configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$21,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Auto Repair Shop →
🌾 30×46

Horse Barn with Tack Room

30×46 horse barn with tack room configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Horse Barn with Tack Room →
🏡 30×46

Barndominium Shell

30×46 barndominium shell configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$28,900Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Barndominium Shell →
🏢 30×46

Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit

30×46 mini-storage / multi-bay unit configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Mini-Storage / Multi-Bay Unit →
🎯 30×46

Boat & Toy Storage

30×46 boat & toy storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Boat & Toy Storage →
🏛️ 30×46

Church or Community Storage

30×46 church or community storage configuration — free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$27,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty
Customize Church or Community Storage →
FREQUENTLY ASKED

Fabrication Welding Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 30×46 fabrication welding shop cost?

A 30×46 fabrication welding shop from Steel and Stud starts at $21,900 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $456/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 30×46 fabrication welding shop price?

Yes — every Steel and Stud fabrication welding shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 30×46 fabrication welding shop?

Almost always for 1,380+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud fabrication welding shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates — no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 30×46 fabrication welding shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don't already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 30×46 fabrication welding shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available — call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 30×46 fabrication welding shop without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month's payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $456/month on a 30×46 fabrication welding shop.

What warranty comes with the 30×46 fabrication welding shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 30×46 fabrication welding shop in 3D before I order?

Yes — our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 30×46 fabrication welding shop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 30×46 fabrication welding shop typically adds $11,040–$16,560 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud's 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Fabrication Welding Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We'll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install

$21,900.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White prefab metal building with wide open bay door revealing a welding and plasma shop

30×46 Fabrication or Welding Shop

1,380 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

30′ x 46′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 30×46 steel building delivers 1,380 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop | Steel and Stud — From $21,900
12
30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$24,950$21,900SAVE $3,050
or $456/mo · $0 down · no credit check
HomeMetal Buildings30×46Fabrication Welding Shop

30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop, built for daily backyard use.

The 30×46 fabrication welding shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

You're viewing:Fabrication Welding Shop·Size30×46·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$21,900$24,950Save $3,050
or as low as $456/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You'll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request — no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 30×46
30×45
smaller
$21,400
30×46
this size
$21,900
30×48
longer
$22,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7'
8'
9'
10' +$340
12' +$640
14' +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray
🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️
Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪
Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟
Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶
Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️
Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩
Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋
Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness
Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method
Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Pricing varies by configuration, season, and installer — a specialist will send your complete itemized quote.
  • 1,380 sq ft enclosed
  • 1,380 sq ft
  • 14-gauge galvanized frame
  • Free delivery + installation
  • Up to 180 mph wind rating
  • Up to 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-30X46-FABRICATION-WELDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
2,500+
Buildings Installed
🇺🇸
48
States Served
🚚
Free
Delivery + Install
🛡️
20-Year
Rust Warranty
We've provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

30 feet wide × 46 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. The 30×46 fabrication welding shop from Steel and Stud puts 1,380 sq ft to work.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack30′ × 46′ · 1,380 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer — drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim — mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote — what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
— or —
📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)
WHAT'S INCLUDED

Everything in your Fabrication Welding Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,380 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 30×46 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Fabrication Welding Shop spec sheet.

Width30'
Length46' + 6" overhang
Side height9' standard
Floor space1,380 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Fabrication Welding Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday fabrication welding shop
Everyday fabrication welding shop
1,380 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a fabrication welding shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfabrication welding shop + seasonal storage
fabrication welding shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.
FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop — what makes it different.

1,380sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$456/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 30×46 fabrication welding shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use — not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install — really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all — fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $456/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 30×46?

1,380 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial — fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 30′ × 46′ footprint with 1,380 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $11,040–$16,560 added home value
PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Fabrication Welding Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 30×46 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes — free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What's the typical lead time for a 30×46 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes — Steel and Stud's rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month's payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What's covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud's 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 30×46 Fabrication Welding Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review
HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 2,500+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day — usually in under 8 minutes.